blob: d32b3a97cd3c089bb198c89e2e130c13ca22d2ce [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
155 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000156 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
157 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000158 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000159 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 }
161 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000162}
163
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000164SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
165 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
166 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
167}
168
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
170// Standard Promotions and Conversions
171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000173/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
174void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
175 QualType Ty = E->getType();
176 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
177
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000178 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000179 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000180 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000181 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
182 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
183 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
184 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
185 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
186 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
187 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000188 //
189 // C++ 4.2p1:
190 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
191 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
192 //
193 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
194 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000195 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
196 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000197 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198}
199
200/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000201/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000202/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
203/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
204/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
205Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
206 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000208
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000209 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
210 //
211 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
212 // unsigned int may be used:
213 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
214 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
215 // and unsigned int.
216 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
217 //
218 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
219 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
220 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
221 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000222 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
223 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000224 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000225 return Expr;
226 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000227 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000228 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000229 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000230 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000231 }
232
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000233 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234 return Expr;
235}
236
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000237/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000238/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
240void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
241 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
242 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000243
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000244 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000245 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000247 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
248 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000249
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000250 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
251}
252
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000253/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
254/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
255/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
256/// completely illegal.
257bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000258 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000259
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000260 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
261 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
262 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
263 << Expr->getType() << CT;
264 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000265 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000266
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000267 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
268 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
269 << Expr->getType() << CT;
270
271 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000272}
273
274
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
276/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000277/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
279/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
280/// GCC.
281QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
282 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000283 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000285
286 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000287
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000288 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000290 QualType lhs =
291 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000292 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000294
295 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
296 if (lhs == rhs)
297 return lhs;
298
299 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
300 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
301 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
302 return lhs;
303
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000304 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000305 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000306 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
307 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
311
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000312 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000313 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000314 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
315 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000316 return destType;
317}
318
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
320// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
321//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
322
323
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000324/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000325/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
326/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
327/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
328/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000329///
330Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000331Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000332 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
333
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000334 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000335 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000336 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000337
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000338 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000339 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
340 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000341
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000343 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000345
346 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
347 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
348 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000349
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000350 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
351 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
352 // strings.
353 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000354 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000355 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000357 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000359 Literal.GetStringLength(),
360 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
361 &StringTokLocs[0],
362 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363}
364
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000365/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
366/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
367/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
368/// for values inside the block or for globals).
369///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000370/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
371/// up-to-date.
372///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000373static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
374 ValueDecl *VD) {
375 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
376 // we wanted to.
377 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
378 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000380 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
381 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
382 return false;
383
384 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
385 // snapshot it.
386 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
387 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000388 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
389 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000390
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
392 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
393
394 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
395 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
396 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
397 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
398 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
399 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
400 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
401 // having a reference outside it.
402 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
403 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
406 // a snapshot as well.
407 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
408 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000410 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000411}
412
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413
414
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000415/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000416Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000417Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000419 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D));
420
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000421 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
422 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000424 << D->getDeclName();
425 return ExprError();
426 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000427
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000428 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
429 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
430 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
431 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000433 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000435 << D->getIdentifier();
436 return ExprError();
437 }
438 }
439 }
440 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000442 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000444 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
445 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
446 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000447 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448}
449
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000450/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
451/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
452/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000453static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
454 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000456 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000458 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
459 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
460 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000461 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000463 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000464 D != DEnd; ++D) {
465 if (*D == Record) {
466 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
467 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
468 ++D;
469 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000470 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000471 return *D;
472 }
473 }
474
475 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
476 return 0;
477}
478
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000479/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
480/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
481/// actual member.
482///
483/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
484/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
485/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
486/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
487/// we found.
488///
489/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
490/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
491/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
492VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
493 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
495 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
496 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
497
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000498 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
500 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
501 do {
502 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000503 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000505 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000506 else {
507 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
508 break;
509 }
510 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000511 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000512 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000513
514 return BaseObject;
515}
516
517Sema::OwningExprResult
518Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
519 FieldDecl *Field,
520 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
521 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
522 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000523 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000524 AnonFields);
525
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000526 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
527 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
528 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
529 // found via name lookup.
530 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000531 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (BaseObject) {
533 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
534 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000535 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000536 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000537 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000538 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000539 BaseQuals
540 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000541 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
542 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
543 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
544 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
545 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000546 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000547 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
548 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
549 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000550 BaseQuals
551 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000552 } else {
553 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
554 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
555 // program our base object expression is "this".
556 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
557 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000558 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000559 = Context.getTagDeclType(
560 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
561 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000563 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
564 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
565 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
569 }
570 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000571 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
572 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000573 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000574 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 }
576
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000577 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000578 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
579 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 }
581
582 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
583 // anonymous struct/union.
584 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000585 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
587 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
588 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
589 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000590 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
591 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
592
593 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
594 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
595 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
596 ResultQuals.removeConst();
597
598 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
599 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
600
601 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
602 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
603
604 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
605 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
606 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
607
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000608 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000609 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000610 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
611 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000616 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000617}
618
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000619Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
620 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
621 UnqualifiedId &Name,
622 bool HasTrailingLParen,
623 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000624 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
625 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
626
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000627 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
628 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
629 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000630 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
631 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
632 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
633 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
634 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
635 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000636 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
637 }
638
639 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
640 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
641 // ActOnIdExpression.
642 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
643 Name.StartLocation,
644 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
645 HasTrailingLParen,
646 &SS,
647 IsAddressOfOperand);
648}
649
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000650/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
651/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
652/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
653/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
654/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000655/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
656/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000657///
658/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
659/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
660/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
661/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000662///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000663/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
664/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
665/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
666/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000667Sema::OwningExprResult
668Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
669 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000670 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000671 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000672 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000673 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
674 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000675
Douglas Gregor601f4f02009-11-23 12:39:54 +0000676 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization.
677 if (SS && SS->isSet() && !computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000678 return Owned(new (Context) DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000679 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000680 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
681 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000682 }
683
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000684 LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
685 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000686
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000687 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000688 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000689
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000690 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
691 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000692 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
693 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000694 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
695 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000696 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
697 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000698 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000699
700 // FIXME: we should change lookup to do this.
701
702 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
703 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
704 // ivar, that's an error.
705 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
706
707 bool LookForIvars;
708 if (Lookup.empty())
709 LookForIvars = true;
710 else if (IsClassMethod)
711 LookForIvars = false;
712 else
713 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
714 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
715
716 if (LookForIvars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000717 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000719 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000720 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
721 if (IsClassMethod)
722 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
723 << IV->getDeclName());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000724
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000725 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
726 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
727 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
728 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000729
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000730 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
731 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
732 return ExprError();
733
734 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
735 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
736 ClassDeclared != IFace)
737 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
738
739 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
740 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
741 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
742 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
743 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
744 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
745 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
746 SelfName, false, false);
747 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
748 return Owned(new (Context)
749 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
750 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000751 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000752 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
754 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000755 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000756 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000757 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
758 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000759 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000761 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000762 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000763 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000764 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000765
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000766 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000767 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
768 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 else
770 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000771 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000772 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000773 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000774
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000775 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
776 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000777 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Lookup, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000779 if (Lookup.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000780 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000781 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000782 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000783 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { // Not in C++.
784 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
785 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
786 } else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000787 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
788 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000789 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
791 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
792 << SS->getRange());
793 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000794 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000795 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
796 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000797 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000798 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000799 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000800 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000801
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000802 if (VarDecl *Var = Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000803 // Warn about constructs like:
804 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
805 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000806
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000807 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
808 // information to check this property.
809 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
810 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000811 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000812 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000813 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000814 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
815 << Var->getDeclName()
816 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
817 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000818 break;
819 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000820
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000821 // Move to the parent of this scope.
822 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000823 }
824 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000825 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = Lookup.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000826 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
827 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
828 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
829 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
830 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
831 // type.
832 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
833 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000834
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000835 QualType T = Func->getType();
836 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000837 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000838 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000839 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 }
841 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000842
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000843 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
844 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
845 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
846 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
847 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
848 //
849 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
850 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
851 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
852 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
853 // performance.
854 if (!ADL) {
855 bool isAbstractMemberPointer =
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000856 (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000857
858 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !Lookup.empty() &&
859 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*Lookup.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
860 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, Lookup);
861 }
862 }
863
864 assert(Lookup.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue &&
865 "found UnresolvedUsingValueDecl in non-class scope");
866
867 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Lookup, ADL);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000868}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000869
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000870/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000871bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000872Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
873 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000874 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000875 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000876 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000877 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000878 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
879 return false;
880 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
881 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000882 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000883 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
884 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000885 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000886 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
887 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
888 DestRecordType,
889 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
890 From->getSourceRange()))
891 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000892 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
893 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000894 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000895 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000896}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000897
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000898/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000899static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
900 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000901 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
902 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000903 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000904 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000906 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000907 0, Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000908
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000909 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
910}
911
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000912/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
913/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
914/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000915Sema::OwningExprResult
916Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
917 LookupResult &R) {
918 NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000919 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000920
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000921 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
922 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000923 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000924 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
925 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000926 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000927
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000928 QualType ThisType;
929 QualType MemberType;
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000930 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
931 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
932 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
933 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
934 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000935
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000936 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
937 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
938 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
939 // explicitly qualified.
940 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
941 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000942 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000943
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000944 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
945 return ExprError();
946 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D, Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000947 }
948
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000949 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000950 if (!Method->isStatic())
951 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000952 }
953
954 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000955 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000956 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000957 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000958 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000959 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000960 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000961 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000962 }
963
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000964 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
965 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
966 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000967 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000968 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000969 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000970 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000971
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000972 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
973 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
974 // decl reference.
975 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000976}
977
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000978bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
979 const LookupResult &R,
980 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000981 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
982 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
983 return false;
984
985 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
986 if (SS && SS->isSet())
987 return false;
988
989 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000990 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000991 return false;
992
993 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
994 // normal lookup:
995 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
996 NamedDecl *D = *I;
997
998 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
999 // -- a declaration of a class member
1000 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1001 // original decl.
1002 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1003 return false;
1004
1005 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1006 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1007 // using-declaration
1008 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1009 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1010 // turn off ADL anyway).
1011 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1012 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1013 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1014 return false;
1015
1016 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1017 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1018 // template
1019 // And also for builtin functions.
1020 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1021 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1022
1023 // But also builtin functions.
1024 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1025 return false;
1026 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1027 return false;
1028 }
1029
1030 return true;
1031}
1032
1033
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001034/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1035/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1036/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1037/// will in fact be used.
1038static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1039 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1040 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1041 return true;
1042 }
1043
1044 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1045 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1046 return true;
1047 }
1048
1049 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1050 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1051 return true;
1052 }
1053
1054 return false;
1055}
1056
1057Sema::OwningExprResult
1058Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001059 LookupResult &R,
1060 bool NeedsADL) {
1061 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1062
1063 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1064 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001065
1066 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1067 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1068 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001069 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1070 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001071 return ExprError();
1072
1073 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
1074 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context,
1075 SS ? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001076 SS ? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001077 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1078 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1079 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1080 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001081
1082 return Owned(ULE);
1083}
1084
1085
1086/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1087Sema::OwningExprResult
1088Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1089 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1090 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001091 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1092 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001093 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1094
1095 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1096 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001097
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001098 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001099
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001100 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1101 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1102 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1103 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001104 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001105 return ExprError();
1106
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001107 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1108 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001109 return ExprError();
1110
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001111 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1112 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1113 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1114 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001115 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001116 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1117 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1118 //
1119 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001120 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001121 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001122 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001123 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001124 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001125 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1126 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001127 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001129 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001130 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001131 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001132 }
1133 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1134 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001135
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +00001136 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001137}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001138
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1140 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001141 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001142
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001143 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001144 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001145 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1146 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1147 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001148 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001149
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001150 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1151 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001152
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001153 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1154 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001155 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001156 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001157 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001158
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001159 QualType ResTy;
1160 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1161 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1162 } else {
1163 unsigned Length =
1164 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001165
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001166 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001167 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001168 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1169 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001170 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001171}
1172
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001173Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001174 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001175 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1176 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1177 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001178
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001179 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1180 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1181 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001183
1184 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1185
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001186 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1187 Literal.isWide(),
1188 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001189}
1190
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001191Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1192 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001193 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1194 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001195 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001196 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001197 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001198 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001199 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001200
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001201 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001202 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1203 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001204 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001205
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001206 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001207 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001208
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001210 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001211 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212 return ExprError();
1213
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001214 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001215
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001216 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001217 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001218 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001219 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001220 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001221 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001222 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001223 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001224
1225 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1226
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001227 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1228 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001229 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1230 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001231
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001232 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001234 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001235 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001236
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001237 // long long is a C99 feature.
1238 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001239 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001240 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1241
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001242 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001243 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001244
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001245 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1246 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1247 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001248 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1249 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001250 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001251 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001252 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1253 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001254
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001255 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1256 // be an unsigned int.
1257 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1258
1259 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001260 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001261 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1262 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001263 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001264
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001265 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1266 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1267 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1268 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001269 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001270 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001271 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001272 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001273 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001274 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001276 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001277 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001278 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001279
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001280 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1281 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1282 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1283 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001284 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001285 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001286 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001287 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001288 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001289 }
1290
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001291 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001292 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001293 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001294
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001295 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1296 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1297 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1298 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001300 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001301 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001302 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001303 }
1304 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001306 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1307 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001308 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001309 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001310 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001311 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001312 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001313
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001314 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1315 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001316 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001317 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001318 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001319
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001320 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1321 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001323 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001324
1325 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001326}
1327
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1329 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001330 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001331 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001332 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001333}
1334
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001335/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001336/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001337bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001338 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1339 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1340 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001341 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1342 return false;
1343
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001344 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001345 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001346 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001347 if (isSizeof)
1348 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1349 return false;
1350 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001351
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001352 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001353 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001354 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1355 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001356 return false;
1357 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001358
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001359 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001360 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001361 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1362 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001363 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001364
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001365 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001366 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001367 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001368 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1369 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001370 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001371
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001372 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001373}
1374
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001375bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1376 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1377 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001378
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001379 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001380 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1381 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001382
1383 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1384 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1385 return false;
1386
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001387 if (E->getBitField()) {
1388 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1389 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001390 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001391
1392 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1393 // bit-field.
1394 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001395 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001396 return false;
1397
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001398 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1399}
1400
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001401/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001402Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001403Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1404 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001405 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001406 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001407 return ExprError();
1408
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001409 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1410
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001411 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1412 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1413 return ExprError();
1414
1415 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001416 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001417 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1418 R.getEnd()));
1419}
1420
1421/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1422/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423Action::OwningExprResult
1424Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001425 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1426 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1427 bool isInvalid = false;
1428 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1429 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1430 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1431 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001432 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001433 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1434 isInvalid = true;
1435 } else {
1436 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1437 }
1438
1439 if (isInvalid)
1440 return ExprError();
1441
1442 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1443 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1444 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1445 R.getEnd()));
1446}
1447
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001448/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1449/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1450/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001451Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001452Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1453 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001454 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001455 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001456
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001457 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001458 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1459 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1460 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001461 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001462
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001463 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1464 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1465 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1466
1467 if (Result.isInvalid())
1468 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1469
1470 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001471}
1472
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001473QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001474 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1475 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001477 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001478 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001479 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001480
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001481 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1482 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1483 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001485 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1487 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001488 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001489}
1490
1491
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001492
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001493Action::OwningExprResult
1494Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1495 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001496 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1497 switch (Kind) {
1498 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1499 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1500 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1501 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001502
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001503 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001504}
1505
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001506Action::OwningExprResult
1507Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1508 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001509 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1510 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1511
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001512 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1513 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001514
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001515 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001516 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1517 Base.release();
1518 Idx.release();
1519 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1520 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1521 }
1522
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001523 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001524 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001525 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1526 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1527 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001528 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001529 }
1530
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001531 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1532}
1533
1534
1535Action::OwningExprResult
1536Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1537 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1538 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1539 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1540
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001541 // Perform default conversions.
1542 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1543 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001544
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001545 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001546
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001547 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001548 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001549 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001550 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001551 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1552 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001553 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1554 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1555 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1556 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001557 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001558 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1559 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001560 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001561 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001562 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001563 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1564 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001565 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001566 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001567 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001568 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1569 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1570 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001571 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001572 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001573 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1574 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1575 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1576 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001577 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001578 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001579 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001580
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001581 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1582 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001583 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1584 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1585 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1586 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1587 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1588 // force the promotion here.
1589 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1590 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001591 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1592 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001593 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1594
1595 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1596 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001597 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001598 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1599 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1600 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1601 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001602 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1603 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001604 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1605
1606 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1607 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001608 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001609 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001610 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1611 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001612 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001613 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001614 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1615 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001616 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1617 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001618
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001619 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001620 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1621 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001622 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1623
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001624 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001625 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1626 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001627 // incomplete types are not object types.
1628 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1629 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1630 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1631 return ExprError();
1632 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001634 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001635 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001636 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1637 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001638 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001640 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1641 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1642 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1643 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1644 return ExprError();
1645 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647 Base.release();
1648 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001649 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001650 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001651}
1652
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001653QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001654CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001655 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001656 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001657 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1658 // see FIXME there.
1659 //
1660 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1661 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001662 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001663
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001664 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001665 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001666
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001667 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001668 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1669 // to be selected.
1670 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001671
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001672 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1673 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001674 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001675
1676 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1677 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001678 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001679 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1680 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001681 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001682 do
1683 compStr++;
1684 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001685 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001686 do
1687 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001688 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001689 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001690
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001691 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001692 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1693 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001694 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1695 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001696 return QualType();
1697 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001698
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001699 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1700 // operates on.
1701 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001702 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001703
1704 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001705 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001706
1707 while (*compStr) {
1708 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1709 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1710 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1711 return QualType();
1712 }
1713 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001714 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001715
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001716 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1717 // number of elements.
1718 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001719 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001720 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001721 return QualType();
1722 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001723
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001724 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001725 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001726 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001727 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001728 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001729 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001730 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001731 if (HexSwizzle)
1732 CompSize--;
1733
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001734 if (CompSize == 1)
1735 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001736
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001737 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001738 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001739 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1740 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1741 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1742 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001743 }
1744 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001745}
1746
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001747static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001748 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001749 const Selector &Sel,
1750 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001751
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001752 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001753 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001754 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001755 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001756
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001757 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1758 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001760 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001761 return D;
1762 }
1763 return 0;
1764}
1765
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001766static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001767 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001768 const Selector &Sel,
1769 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001770 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1771 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001772 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001773 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001774 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001775 GDecl = PD;
1776 break;
1777 }
1778 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001779 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001780 GDecl = OMD;
1781 break;
1782 }
1783 }
1784 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001785 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001786 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1787 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001788 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001789 if (GDecl)
1790 return GDecl;
1791 }
1792 }
1793 return GDecl;
1794}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001795
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001797Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001798 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001799 DeclarationName MemberName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001800 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001801 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1802 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001803 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1804 return ExprError();
1805
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001806 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1807 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1808
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001809 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001810 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001811
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001812 // Perform default conversions.
1813 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001814
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001815 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001816
1817 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1818 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1819 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1820 // call, and continue on.
1821 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1822 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1823 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1824 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1825 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1826 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1827 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1828 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1829 ->isRecordType()))) {
1830 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1831 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1832 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1833 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1834
1835 OwningExprResult NewBase
1836 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1837 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1838 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1839 return move(NewBase);
1840
1841 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1842 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1843 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1844 }
1845 }
1846 }
1847
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001848 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1849 // use that.
1850 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1851 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1852 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1853 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1854 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001855 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001856 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001857 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001858 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001860 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1861 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1862 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1863 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1864 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1865 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1866 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1867 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1868 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1869 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1870 // Check the use of this method.
1871 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1872 return ExprError();
1873 }
1874 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1875 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1876 Selector SetterSel =
1877 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1878 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1879 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1880 if (!Setter) {
1881 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1882 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001883 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001884 }
1885 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1886 if (!Setter)
1887 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1888
1889 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1890 return ExprError();
1891
1892 if (Getter || Setter) {
1893 QualType PType;
1894
1895 if (Getter)
1896 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1897 else
1898 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1899 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1900 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1901 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1902 PType,
1903 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1904 }
1905 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1906 << MemberName << BaseType);
1907 }
1908 }
1909
1910 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1911 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1912 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001913 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001914 }
1915
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001916 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1917 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001918 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001919 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1920 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1921 if (SS) {
1922 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1923 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1924 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1925 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001926
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001927 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001928 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001929 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001930 FirstQualifierInScope,
1931 MemberName,
1932 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001933 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001934 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001935 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001936 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001937 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1938 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001939 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001940 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1941 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1942 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001943 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001944 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001945 // (so we'll report an error for)
1946 // T* t;
1947 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001949 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1950 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1951 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001952 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001953
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001954 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001955 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1956 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1957 if (SS) {
1958 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1959 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1960 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1961 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001963 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964 BaseExpr, false,
1965 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001966 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001967 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001968 FirstQualifierInScope,
1969 MemberName,
1970 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001971 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001972 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001973 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001974
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001975 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1976 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001977 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001978 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001979 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001980 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
1981 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001982 return ExprError();
1983
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001984 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
1985 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1986 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
1987 // nested-name-specifier.
1988 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00001989
1990 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
1991 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
1992 << DC << SS->getRange();
1993 return ExprError();
1994 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995
1996 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001997 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001998 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
1999 }
2000
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002001 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002002 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName);
2003 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002004
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002005 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002006 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2007 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002008 if (Result.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002009 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002010
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002011 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2012
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002013 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002014 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002016 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002018 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002019
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002020 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2021 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2022 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2023 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2024 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2025 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002027 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2028 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2029 // error cases.
2030 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2031 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002032
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002033 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2034 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2035 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2036 // explicitly qualified.
2037 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2038 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2039 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002040
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002041 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002042 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002043 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002044
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002045 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002046 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2047 // (C++ [class.union]).
2048 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002049 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002050 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002051
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002052 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002053 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002054 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002055 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2056 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002057 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2058 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2059 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2060
2061 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2062 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2063
2064 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2065 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2066 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002067 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002068
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002069 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002070 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2071 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002072 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002073 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002074 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002075
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002076 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2077 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002078 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2079 Var, MemberLoc,
2080 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002081 }
2082 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2083 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002084 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2085 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2086 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002087 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002088 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002089 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2090 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002091
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002092 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002093 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2094 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002095 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002096 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2097 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002098 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002099
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002100 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2101 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2102 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002103 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002104 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002105 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002106 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2108 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002109 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002110 Ovl, MemberLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002111 Context.OverloadTy));
2112
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002113 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2114 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002115 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002116 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2117 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002118 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2119 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002120 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002121 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002122 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002123 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002124
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002125 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2126 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2127 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002128 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2129 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002130 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002131 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002132
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002133 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2134 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2135 // pseudo-destructor.
2136 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2137 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2139 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002140 // type.
2141 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2142 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2143 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002144
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002145 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2146 // same as the object type.
2147 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2148 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2149 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2150 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2151 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002152
2153 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002154 // the form
2155 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2157 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002158 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2159 //
2160 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2161 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002162
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002163 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2164 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2165 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002166 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002167 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002168 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002169 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2170 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2171 MemberLoc));
2172 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002173
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002174 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2175 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002176 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2177 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002178 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002180 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002181 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002182 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2183
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002184 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2185 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002186 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002188 if (IV) {
2189 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2190 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2191 // error cases.
2192 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2193 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002194
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002195 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2196 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2197 return ExprError();
2198 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2199 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2200 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2201 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2202 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2203 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2204 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2205 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2206 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2207 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2208 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2209 // AST for a function decl.
2210 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002211 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002212 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2213 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2214 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2215 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2216 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2217 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002218
2219 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2220 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002221 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002222 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002223 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002224 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2225 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002227 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002228 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002229
2230 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2231 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2232 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002233 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002234 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002235 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002236 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002237 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002238 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002239 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002240 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002241 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002242 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002243 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002245 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002246 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002247 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2248 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2249 // Check the use of this declaration
2250 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2251 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002252
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002253 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2254 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2255 }
2256 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2257 // Check the use of this method.
2258 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2259 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002260
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002261 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002262 OMD->getResultType(),
2263 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002264 NULL, 0));
2265 }
2266 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002267
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002268 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002269 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002270 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002271 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2272 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002273 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002274 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002275 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2276 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2277 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002278 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002280 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002281 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002282 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2283 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2284 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002285 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002286 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002287 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002288 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2289 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002290 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002291 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2292 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002293 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002294 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2295 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002296 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002297 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2298 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2299 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002300
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002301 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002302 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2303 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002304 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2305 // selector is implemented.
2306
2307 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2308 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2309
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002310 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002311 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002312
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002313 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2314 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002315 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002316
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002317 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002318 if (!Getter)
2319 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002320 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002321 // Check if we can reference this property.
2322 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2323 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002324 }
2325 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2326 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002327 Selector SetterSel =
2328 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002329 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002330 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002331 if (!Setter) {
2332 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2333 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002334 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002335 }
2336 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002337 if (!Setter)
2338 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002339
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002340 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2341 return ExprError();
2342
2343 if (Getter || Setter) {
2344 QualType PType;
2345
2346 if (Getter)
2347 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002348 else
2349 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2350 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002351 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002352 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002353 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2354 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002355 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002356 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002357 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002358
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002359 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002360 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002361 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002362 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002363 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2364 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2365
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002366 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002367 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002368 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002369 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2370 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002371 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002372 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002373 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002374 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002376 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2377 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2378
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002379 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002380}
2381
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002382Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2383 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2384 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2385 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2386 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2387 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2388 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2389 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2390 TemplateName Template
2391 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2392
2393 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2394 // twice!
2395 DeclarationName Name;
2396 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2397 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2398 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2399 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002400 else {
2401 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2402 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2403 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2404 else
2405 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2406 }
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002407
2408 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2409 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2410 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002411 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2412
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002413 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
2414 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
2415 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
2416 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002417 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2418
2419 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2420 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2421 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002422 Name, &TemplateArgs, DeclPtrTy(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002423 &SS);
2424 }
2425
2426 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2427 // DeclarationName.
2428 OwningExprResult Result
2429 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2430 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2431 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2432 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2433
2434 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2435 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2436 return move(Result);
2437
2438 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2439 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2440 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2441 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2442 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2443 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2444 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2445 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2446 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2447
2448 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2449 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002450}
2451
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002452Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2453 FunctionDecl *FD,
2454 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2455 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2456 Diag (CallLoc,
2457 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2458 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002459 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002460 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2461 } else {
2462 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2463 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2464
2465 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002466 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002467
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002468 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2469 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002470 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002471
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002472 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002474 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002475
2476 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002477 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2478 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2479 return ExprError();
2480 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002481
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002482 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002483
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002484 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2485 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2486 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002487 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002488 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002490 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2491 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2492 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2493 }
2494 }
2495
2496 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2497 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2498}
2499
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002500/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2501/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2502/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2503/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2504/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2505/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002506bool
2507Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002508 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002509 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002510 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2511 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002512 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002513 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2514 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2515 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002516 bool Invalid = false;
2517
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2519 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2520 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2521 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2522 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2523 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2524 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2525 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002526 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002527 }
2528
2529 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2530 // them.
2531 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2532 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2533 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2534 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2535 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2536 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2537 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2538 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002539 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002540 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002541 }
2542 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2543 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002544
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002545 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2546 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2547 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002548
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002549 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002550 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002551 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002552
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002553 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2554 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002555 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2556 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002557 return true;
2558
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002559 // Pass the argument.
2560 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2561 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002562
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002563 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2564 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002565 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002566 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002567
2568 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002569 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2570 FDecl, Param);
2571 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2572 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002573
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002574 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002575 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002576
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002577 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2578 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002579
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002580 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2581 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002582 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2583 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2584 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2585 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2586 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2587
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002588 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Eli Friedmana9ea9592009-11-14 04:43:10 +00002589 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002590 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002591 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002592 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2593 }
2594 }
2595
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002596 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002597}
2598
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002599/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2600/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2601/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2602/// template arguments, etc.
2603void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002604 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002605 DeclarationName &Name,
2606 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2607 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2608 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002609 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002610 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002611 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002612 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002613 Name = DeclarationName();
2614 Qualifier = 0;
2615 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2616 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002617 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002618 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002619
2620 // Most of the explicit tracking of ArgumentDependentLookup in this
2621 // function can disappear when we handle unresolved
2622 // TemplateIdRefExprs properly.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002623
2624 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2625 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2626 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2627 while (true) {
2628 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2629 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2630 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2631 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2632 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2633 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2634 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2635 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2636 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2637 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2638 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002639 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002640 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2641 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2642 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002643 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002644 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002645 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2646 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2647 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2648 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2649 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002650 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002651 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2652 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002653 break;
2654 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2655 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002656 if (NamedDecl *Function
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002657 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2658 Name = Function->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002659 Fns.push_back(Function);
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002660 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002661 else {
2662 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overload
2663 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002664 Name = Overload->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002665 Fns.append(Overload->function_begin(), Overload->function_end());
2666 }
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002667 Overloaded = true;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002668 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002669 TemplateIdRef->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002670
2671 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2672 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2673 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2674 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2675 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2676 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2677 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2678 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2679 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2680 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2681 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2682 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2683 //
2684 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2685 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2686 // is still possible.
2687 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2688 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2689 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2690 }
2691 break;
2692 } else {
2693 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2694 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2695 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2696 break;
2697 }
2698 }
2699}
2700
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002701/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002702/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2703/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002704Action::OwningExprResult
2705Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2706 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002707 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002708 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002709
2710 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2711 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002712
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002713 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002714 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002715 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002716
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002717 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002718 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2719 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2720 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2721 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2722 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2723 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2724 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2725 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002727 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2728 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002730 NumArgs = 0;
2731 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002733 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2734 RParenLoc));
2735 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002736
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002737 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002738 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002739 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2740 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002741 bool Dependent = false;
2742 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2743 Dependent = true;
2744 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2745 Dependent = true;
2746
2747 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002748 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002749 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2750
2751 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2752 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2753 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2754 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2755
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002756 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002757 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2758 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2759 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2760 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2761 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2762 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2763 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002764 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2765 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002766 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002767
2768 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2769 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2770 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2771 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2773 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2774 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002775
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002776 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2777 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2778 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2779 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002780
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002781 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2782 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2783 TheCall.get(), 0))
2784 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002785
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002786 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2787 RParenLoc))
2788 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002789
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002790 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2791 }
2792 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2793 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2794 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002795 }
2796 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002797 }
2798
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002799 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002800 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002801 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002802 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
2803 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002804 bool Overloaded;
2805 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002806 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002807 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002808 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2809 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002810 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002811 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002812 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002813
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002814 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
2815 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002816
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002817 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
2818#ifndef NDEBUG
2819 if (ADL) {
2820 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
2821 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
2822
2823 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
2824 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
2825 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
2826 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2827 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
2828
2829 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2830 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
2831 }
2832
2833 if (Overloaded) {
2834 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
2835 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
2836 // infinite set of functions).
2837 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
2838 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
2839 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
2840 && "unrecognized overload situation");
2841 }
2842#endif
2843
2844 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002845 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002846 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2847 RParenLoc, ADL);
2848 if (!FDecl)
2849 return ExprError();
2850
2851 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
2852
2853 NDecl = FDecl;
2854 } else {
2855 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
2856 if (Fns.empty())
2857 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
2858 else {
2859 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002860 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002861 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002862 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002863
2864 // Promote the function operand.
2865 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2866
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002867 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2868 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002869 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2870 Args, NumArgs,
2871 Context.BoolTy,
2872 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002873
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002874 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2875 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2876 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2877 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002878 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002879 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002880 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2881 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002882 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002883 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002884 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002885 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002886 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002887 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002888 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2889 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2890
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002891 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002892 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2893 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2894 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002895 return ExprError();
2896
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002897 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002898 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002899
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002900 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002901 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002902 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002903 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002904 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002905 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002906
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002907 if (FDecl) {
2908 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2909 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2910 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002911 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002912 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002913 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002914 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2915 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2916 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2917 }
2918 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002919 }
2920
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002921 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002922 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2923 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2924 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002925 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2926 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002927 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2928 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002929 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002930 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002931 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002932 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002933
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002934 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2935 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002936 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2937 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002938
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002939 // Check for sentinels
2940 if (NDecl)
2941 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002942
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002943 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002944 if (FDecl) {
2945 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2946 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002947
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002948 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002949 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2950 } else if (NDecl) {
2951 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2952 return ExprError();
2953 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002954
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002955 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002956}
2957
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002958Action::OwningExprResult
2959Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2960 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002961 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002962 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2963 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002964 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002965 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002966 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002967
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002968 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002969 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002970 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2971 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002972 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2973 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002974 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002975 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002976 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002977 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002978
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002979 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002980 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002981 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002982
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002983 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002984 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002985 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002986 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002987 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002988 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002989 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002990 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002991}
2992
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002993Action::OwningExprResult
2994Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002995 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2996 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2997 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002998
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002999 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003000 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003001
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003002 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003003 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003004 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003005 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003006}
3007
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003008static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3009 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003010 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003011 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3012
3013 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3014 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3015 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3016 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3017 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3018 }
3019
3020 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3021 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3022 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3023 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3024 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3025 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3026 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3027 }
3028
3029 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3030 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3031 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3032 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3033 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3034 }
3035
3036 // FIXME: Assert here.
3037 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3038 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3039}
3040
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003041/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003042bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003043 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003044 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3045 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003046 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003047 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3048 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003049
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003050 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003051
3052 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3053 // type needs to be scalar.
3054 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3055 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003056 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3057 return false;
3058 }
3059
3060 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003061 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003062 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3063 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003064 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003065 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3066 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003067 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003068 return false;
3069 }
3070
3071 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003072 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003073 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003074 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003075 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003076 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003077 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3078 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003079 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3080 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3081 break;
3082 }
3083 }
3084 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3085 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3086 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003087 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003088 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003089 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003090
3091 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3092 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3093 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3094 }
3095
3096 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3097 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003098 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3099 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003100 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003101 }
3102
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003103 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3104 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3105
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003106 if (castType->isVectorType())
3107 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3108 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3109 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3110
3111 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003112 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003113
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003114 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3115 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3116
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003117 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003118 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3119 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3120 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3121 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3122 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3123 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3124 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3125 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3126 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3127 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003128 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003129
3130 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003131 return false;
3132}
3133
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003134bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3135 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003136 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003138 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003139 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003140 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003141 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003142 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003143 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003144 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003145 } else
3146 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003147 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003148 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003149
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003150 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003151 return false;
3152}
3153
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003154bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3155 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003156 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003157
3158 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3159
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003160 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3161 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003162 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3163 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3164 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3165 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003166 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003167 return false;
3168 }
3169
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003170 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003171 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3172 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003173 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3174 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3175 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3176 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003177
3178 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3179 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3180 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003181
3182 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003183 return false;
3184}
3185
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003186Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003187Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003188 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003189 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003190
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003191 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3192 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003193
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003194 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003195 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3196 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003197
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003198 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3199 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3200 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003201 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003202 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003203 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003204 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003205
3206 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003207 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003208 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003209
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003210 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3211 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003212
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003213 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3214 } else {
3215 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003216 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003217
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003218 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003219 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003220 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003221}
3222
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003223/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3224/// of comma binary operators.
3225Action::OwningExprResult
3226Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3227 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3228 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3229 if (!E)
3230 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003231
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003232 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003233
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003234 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3235 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3236 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003237
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003238 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3239}
3240
3241Action::OwningExprResult
3242Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3243 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3244 QualType Ty) {
3245 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003246
3247 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003248 // then handle it as such.
3249 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3250 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3251 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3252 return ExprError();
3253 }
3254
3255 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3256 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3257 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3258
3259 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3260 // braces instead of the original commas.
3261 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003262 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003263 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3264 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003265 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003266 Owned(E));
3267 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003268 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003269 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3270 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3271 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3272 }
3273}
3274
3275Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3276 SourceLocation R,
3277 MultiExprArg Val) {
3278 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3279 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3280 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3281 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3282 return Owned(expr);
3283}
3284
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003285/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3286/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003287/// C99 6.5.15
3288QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3289 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003290 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3291 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3292 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3293
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003294 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3295
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003296 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3297 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3298 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3299 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3300 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3301 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003302
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003303 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003304 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3305 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3306 << CondTy;
3307 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003308 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003309
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003310 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003311 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3312 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003313
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003314 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3315 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003316 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3317 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3318 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003319 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003320
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003321 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3322 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003323 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3324 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003325 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003326 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003327 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003328 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003329 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003330 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003331
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003332 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003333 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003334 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3335 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3336 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3337 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3338 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3339 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3340 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003341 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3342 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003343 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003344 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003345 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3346 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003347 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003348 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003349 // promote the null to a pointer.
3350 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003351 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003352 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003353 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003354 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003355 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003356 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003357 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003358 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3359 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3360 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3361 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3362 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003363 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003364 return LHSTy;
3365 }
3366 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3367 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003368 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003369 return RHSTy;
3370 }
3371 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3372 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3373 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003374 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003375 return LHSTy;
3376 }
3377 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3378 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003379 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003380 return RHSTy;
3381 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003382 // Handle block pointer types.
3383 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3384 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3385 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3386 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003387 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3388 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003389 return destType;
3390 }
3391 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3392 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3393 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003394 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003395 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3396 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3397 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003398 return LHSTy;
3399 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003400 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003401 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3402 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003403
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003404 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3405 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003406 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3407 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3408 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3409 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3410 // to get a consistent AST.
3411 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003412 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3413 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003414 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003415 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003416 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003417 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3418 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003419 return LHSTy;
3420 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003421 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003422 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003423
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003424 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3425 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3426 return LHSTy;
3427 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003428 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3429 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003430 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003431
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003432 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3433 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3434 // type. This allows
3435 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3436 // where B is a subclass of A.
3437 //
3438 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3439 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3440 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3441 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3442
3443 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3444 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003445 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003446 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003447 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003448 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003449 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003450 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003451 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003452 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003453 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3454 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3455 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3456 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3457 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003458 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003459 } else if (!(compositeType =
3460 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3461 ;
3462 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003463 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3464 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3465 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3466 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003467 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3468 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003469 return incompatTy;
3470 }
3471 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003472 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3473 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003474 return compositeType;
3475 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003476 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3477 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003478 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003479 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003480 QualType destPointee
3481 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003482 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003483 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3484 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3485 // Promote to void*.
3486 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003487 return destType;
3488 }
3489 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003490 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003491 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003492 QualType destPointee
3493 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003494 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003495 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3496 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3497 // Promote to void*.
3498 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003499 return destType;
3500 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003501 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3502 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3503 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003504 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3505 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003506
3507 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3508 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3509 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003510 QualType destPointee
3511 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003512 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003513 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3514 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3515 // Promote to void*.
3516 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003517 return destType;
3518 }
3519 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003520 QualType destPointee
3521 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003522 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003523 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003524 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003525 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003526 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003527 return destType;
3528 }
3529
3530 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3531 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3532 return LHSTy;
3533 }
3534 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3535 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3536 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3537 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3538 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3539 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3540 // to get a consistent AST.
3541 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003542 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3543 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003544 return incompatTy;
3545 }
3546 // The pointer types are compatible.
3547 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3548 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3549 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3550 // type.
3551 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3552 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003553 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3554 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003555 return LHSTy;
3556 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003557
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003558 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3559 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3560 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3561 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003562 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003563 return RHSTy;
3564 }
3565 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3566 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3567 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003568 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003569 return LHSTy;
3570 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003571
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003572 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003573 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3574 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003575 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003576}
3577
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003578/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003579/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003580Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3581 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3582 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3583 ExprArg RHS) {
3584 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3585 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003586
3587 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3588 // was the condition.
3589 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3590 if (isLHSNull)
3591 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003592
3593 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003594 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003595 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003596 return ExprError();
3597
3598 Cond.release();
3599 LHS.release();
3600 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003601 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003602 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003603 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003604}
3605
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003606// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003607// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003608// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3609// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3610// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003611Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003612Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003613 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003614
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003615 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3616 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3617 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3618 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3619 return Compatible;
3620 }
3621
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003622 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003623 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3624 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003625
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003626 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003627 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3628 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003629
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003630 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003631
3632 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3633 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3634 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003635 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003636 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003637 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003638
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003639 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3640 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003641 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003642 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003643 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003644 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003645
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003646 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003647 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3648 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003649 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003650
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003651 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003652 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003653 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003654
3655 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003656 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3657 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003658 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003659 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003660 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003661 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3662 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3663 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3664 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3665 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3666 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003667 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003668 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003669 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003670 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003671
3672 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003673 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003674 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003675 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003676
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003677 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3678 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3679 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3680 // warning can be disabled.
3681 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3682 return ConvTy;
3683 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3684 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003685
3686 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3687 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3688 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3689 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3690 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3691 do {
3692 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3693 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3694
3695 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3696 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3697 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3698
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003699 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003700 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003701 }
3702
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003703 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003704 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003705 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003706 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003707}
3708
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003709/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3710/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3711/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3712// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713Sema::AssignConvertType
3714Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003715 QualType rhsType) {
3716 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003717
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003718 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003719 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3720 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003722 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3723 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3724 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003726 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003727
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003728 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003729 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003730 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003731
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003732 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003733 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003734 return ConvTy;
3735}
3736
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003737/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3738/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003739/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3740///
3741/// int a, *pint;
3742/// short *pshort;
3743/// struct foo *pfoo;
3744///
3745/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3746/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3747/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3748/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3749///
3750/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003751/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003752///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003753Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003754Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003755 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3756 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003757 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3758 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003759
3760 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003761 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003762
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003763 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3764 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3765 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3766 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3767 return Compatible;
3768 }
3769
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003770 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3771 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3772 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3773 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3774 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3775 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3776 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003777 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003778 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003779 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003780 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003781 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003782 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3783 // to the same ExtVector type.
3784 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3785 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3786 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3787 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3788 return Compatible;
3789 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003790
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003791 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003792 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003794 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003795 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3796 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003797 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003798 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003799 }
3800 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003802
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003803 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003804 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003805
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003806 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003807 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003808 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003809
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003810 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003811 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003812
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003813 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003814 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003815 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3816 return Compatible;
3817 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003818 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003819 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3820 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003821 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003822
3823 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003824 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003825 return Compatible;
3826 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003827 return Incompatible;
3828 }
3829
3830 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3831 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003832 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003833
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003834 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003835 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003836 return Compatible;
3837
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003838 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3839 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003840
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003841 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003842 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003843 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003844 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003845 return Incompatible;
3846 }
3847
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003848 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3849 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3850 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003851
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003852 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003853 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003854 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3855 return Compatible;
3856 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003857 }
3858 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003859 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3860 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003861 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3862 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003863 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3864 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003865 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003866 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003867 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003868 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3869 return Compatible;
3870 }
3871 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3872 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3873 return Compatible;
3874 return Incompatible;
3875 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003876 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003877 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003878 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3879 return Compatible;
3880
3881 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003882 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003883
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003884 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003885 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003886
3887 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003888 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003889 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003890 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003891 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003892 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3893 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3894 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3895 return Compatible;
3896
3897 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3898 return PointerToInt;
3899
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003900 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003901 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003902 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3903 return Compatible;
3904 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003905 }
3906 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003907 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003908 return Compatible;
3909 return Incompatible;
3910 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003911
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003912 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003913 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003914 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003915 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003916 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003917}
3918
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003919/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3920/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003921static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003922 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3923 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3924 // of the transparent union.
3925 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3926 &E, 1,
3927 SourceLocation());
3928 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3929 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3930
3931 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3932 // union type from this initializer list.
3933 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3934 false);
3935}
3936
3937Sema::AssignConvertType
3938Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3939 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3940
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003941 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003942 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3943 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003944 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003945 return Incompatible;
3946
3947 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3948 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3949 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3950 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003951 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3952 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003953 it != itend; ++it) {
3954 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3955 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3956 // 1) void pointer
3957 // 2) null pointer constant
3958 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003959 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003960 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003961 InitField = *it;
3962 break;
3963 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003964
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003965 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3966 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003967 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003968 InitField = *it;
3969 break;
3970 }
3971 }
3972
3973 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3974 == Compatible) {
3975 InitField = *it;
3976 break;
3977 }
3978 }
3979
3980 if (!InitField)
3981 return Incompatible;
3982
3983 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3984 return Compatible;
3985}
3986
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003987Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003988Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003989 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3990 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3991 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3992 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3993 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003994 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3995 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003996 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003997 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003998 }
3999
4000 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4001 // structures.
4002 }
4003
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004004 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4005 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004006 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4007 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004008 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004009 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4010 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004011 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004012 return Compatible;
4013 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004014
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004015 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004016 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004017 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004018 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004019 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004020 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004021 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4022 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004023
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004024 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4025 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004026
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004027 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4028 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004029 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4030 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4031 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4032 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004033 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004034 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4035 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004036 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004037}
4038
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004039QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004041 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004042 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004043 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004044}
4045
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004046inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004047 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004048 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004049 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004050 QualType lhsType =
4051 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4052 QualType rhsType =
4053 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004054
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004055 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004056 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004057 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004058
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004059 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4060 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004061 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4062 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004063 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4064 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004065 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004066 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004067 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004068 }
4069 }
4070 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004071
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004072 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4073 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4074 bool swapped = false;
4075 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4076 swapped = true;
4077 std::swap(rex, lex);
4078 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4079 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004080
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004081 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004082 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004083 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4084 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4085 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004086 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004087 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4088 return lhsType;
4089 }
4090 }
4091 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4092 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4093 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004094 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004095 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4096 return lhsType;
4097 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004098 }
4099 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004100
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004101 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004102 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004103 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004104 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004105 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004106}
4107
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004108inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004109 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004110 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004111 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004112
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004113 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004114
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004115 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004116 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004117 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004118}
4119
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004120inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004121 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004122 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4123 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4124 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4125 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4126 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004127
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004128 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004129
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004130 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004131 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004132 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004133}
4134
4135inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004136 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004137 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4138 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4139 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4140 return compType;
4141 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004142
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004143 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004144
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004145 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004146 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4147 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4148 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004149 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004150 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004151
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004152 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4153 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004154 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004155 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4156
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004157 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004158
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004159 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004160 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004161
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004162 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4163 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004164 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004166 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004167 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004168 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004169
4170 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4171 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4172 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004173 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004174 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4175 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4176 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4177 return QualType();
4178 }
4179
4180 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4181 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4182 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004183 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004184 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004185 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004186 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004187 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4188 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004189 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4190 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004191 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004192 return QualType();
4193 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004194 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4195 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4196 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4197 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4198 return QualType();
4199 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004200
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004201 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004202 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4203 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4204 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4205 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4206 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004207 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004208 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4209 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004210 return PExp->getType();
4211 }
4212 }
4213
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004214 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004215}
4216
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004217// C99 6.5.6
4218QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004219 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4220 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4221 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4222 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4223 return compType;
4224 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004225
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004226 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004227
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004228 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004229
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004230 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004231 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4232 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004233 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004234 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004235 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004236
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004237 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004238 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004239 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004240
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004241 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004242
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004243 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4244 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4245 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4246 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4247 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4248 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4249 return QualType();
4250 }
4251
4252 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4253 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4254 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4255 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4256 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004257 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004258 return QualType();
4259 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004260
4261 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4262 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4263 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004264 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004265 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004266 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004267 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004268 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004269
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004270 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4271 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4272 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4273 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4274 return QualType();
4275 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004276
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004277 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004278 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4279 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4280 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4281 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4282 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4283 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004284 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004285 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4286
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004287 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004288 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004289 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004290
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004291 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004292 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004293 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004294
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004295 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4296 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4297 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4298 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4299 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4300 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4301 return QualType();
4302 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004303
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004304 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4305 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4306 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004308 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004309 return QualType();
4310 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004311
4312 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4313 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4314 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4315 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4316 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004317 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4318 << rex->getSourceRange()
4319 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004320 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004321
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004322 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4323 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4324 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4325 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4326 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4327 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4328 return QualType();
4329 }
4330 } else {
4331 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4332 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4333 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4334 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4335 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4336 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4337 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4338 return QualType();
4339 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004340 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004341
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004342 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4343 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4344 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4345 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4346 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004347 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004348 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004349
4350 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004351 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4352 }
4353 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004354
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004355 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004356}
4357
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004358// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004359QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004360 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004361 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4362 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004363 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004365 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4366 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4367 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4368
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004369 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4370 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004371 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4372 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4373 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4374 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4375 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004376 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004377 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004378 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004379
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004380 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004381
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004382 // Sanity-check shift operands
4383 llvm::APSInt Right;
4384 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004385 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4386 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004387 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004388 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4389 else {
4390 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4391 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4392 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4393 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4394 }
4395 }
4396
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004397 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004398 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004399}
4400
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004401/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4402///
4403/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4404/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4405/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004406/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4407/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004408void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004409 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004410 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4411 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4412 return;
4413
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004414 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4415
4416 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4417 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4418 return;
4419
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004420 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4421 // chance at instantiation time.
4422 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4423 return;
4424
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004425 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4426 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004427 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004428 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4429 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4430 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004431 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004432 } else {
4433 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4434 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004435 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004436 }
4437
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004438 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004439 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4440 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004441 // of the comparison will be exact.
4442 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4443 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4444 return;
4445
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004446 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4447 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4448 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004449 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004450 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4451
4452 if (value.isNonNegative())
4453 return;
4454 }
4455
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004456 if (Equality) {
4457 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004458 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4459 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4460 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004461 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4462 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4463
4464 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4465 if (value.isNonNegative())
4466 return;
4467 }
4468 }
4469
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004470 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004471 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4472 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4473}
4474
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004475// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004476QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004477 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4478 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4479
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004480 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004481 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004482
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004483 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4484 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004485
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004486 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004487 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4488 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4489 else {
4490 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4491 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4492 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004493 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4494 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004495
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004496 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4497 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004498 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4499 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4500 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004501 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004502 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004503 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4504 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4505 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4506 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004507 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4508 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004509 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004510
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004511 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4512 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4513 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4514 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004515
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004516 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4517 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004518 Expr *literalString = 0;
4519 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004520 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004521 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4522 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004523 literalString = lex;
4524 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004525 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4526 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004527 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4528 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004529 literalString = rex;
4530 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4531 }
4532
4533 if (literalString) {
4534 std::string resultComparison;
4535 switch (Opc) {
4536 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4537 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4538 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4539 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4540 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4541 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4542 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4543 }
4544 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4545 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4546 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004547 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4548 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4549 "strcmp(")
4550 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4551 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004552 resultComparison);
4553 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004554 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004555
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004556 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004557 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004558
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004559 if (isRelational) {
4560 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004561 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004562 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004563 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004564 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004565 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004566 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004567 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004568
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004569 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004570 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004571 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004572
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004573 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4574 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4575 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4576 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004577
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004578 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4579 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4580 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004581 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004582 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004583 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004584 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004585 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004586
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004587 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004588 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4589 return ResultTy;
4590
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004591 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4592 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4593 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4594 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4595 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4596 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004597 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004598 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004599 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004600 if (T.isNull()) {
4601 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4602 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4603 return QualType();
4604 }
4605
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004606 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4607 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004608 return ResultTy;
4609 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004610 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4611 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4612 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4613 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4614 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4615 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4616 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4617 }
4618 } else if (!isRelational &&
4619 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4620 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4621 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4622 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4623 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4624 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4625 }
4626 } else {
4627 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004628 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004629 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004630 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004631 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004632 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004633 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004634 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004635
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004636 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004637 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004638 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004639 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004640 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4641 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004642 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004643 return ResultTy;
4644 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004645 if (LHSIsNull &&
4646 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4647 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004648 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004649 return ResultTy;
4650 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004651
4652 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004654 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4655 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004656 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4657 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4658 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4659 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4660 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4661 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4662 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4663 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004664 // types.
4665 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4666 if (T.isNull()) {
4667 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4668 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4669 return QualType();
4670 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004671
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004672 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4673 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004674 return ResultTy;
4675 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004676
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004677 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004678 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4679 return ResultTy;
4680 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004681
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004682 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004683 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004684 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4685 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004686
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004687 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004688 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004690 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004691 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004692 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004693 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004694 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004695 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004696 if (!isRelational
4697 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4698 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004699 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004700 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004701 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004702 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004703 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4704 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4705 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004706 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004707 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004708 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004709 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004710
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004711 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004712 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004713 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4714 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004715 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004716 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004717 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004718 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004719
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004720 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4721 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004722 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004723 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004724 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004725 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004726 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004727 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004728 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004729 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004730 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4731 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004732 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004733 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004734 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004735 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004736 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004737 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4738 if (RHSIsNull) {
4739 if (isRelational)
4740 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4741 } else if (isRelational)
4742 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4743 else
4744 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004745
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004746 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004747 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004748 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004749 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004750 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004751 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004752 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004753 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004754 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4755 if (LHSIsNull) {
4756 if (isRelational)
4757 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4758 } else if (isRelational)
4759 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4760 else
4761 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004762
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004763 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004764 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004765 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004766 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004767 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004768 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004769 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004770 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004771 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4772 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004773 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004774 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004775 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004776 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4777 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004778 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004779 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004780 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004781 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004782}
4783
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004784/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004785/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004786/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4787/// types.
4788QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004789 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004790 bool isRelational) {
4791 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4792 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004793 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004794 if (vType.isNull())
4795 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004796
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004797 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4798 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004799
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004800 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4801 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4802 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4803 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4804 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4805 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4806 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004807 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004808 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004809
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004810 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4811 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4812 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004813 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004814 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004815
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004816 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4817 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4818 // elements for floating point vectors.
4819 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4820 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004821
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004822 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004823 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004824 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004825 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004826 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004827 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4828
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004829 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004830 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004831 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4832}
4833
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004834inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004835 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004836 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004837 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004838
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004839 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004840
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004841 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004842 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004843 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004844}
4845
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004846inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004847 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004848 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4849 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004850
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004851 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4852 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4853
4854 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4855 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4856 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4857 return Context.BoolTy;
4858 }
4859
4860 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004861}
4862
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004863/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4864/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4865/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4866///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004867static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004868 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4869 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4870 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4871 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004872 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004873 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4874 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4875 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4876 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004877 }
4878 }
4879 return false;
4880}
4881
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004882/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4883/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4884static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004885 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004886 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004887 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004888 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4889 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004890 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4891 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004892
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004893 unsigned Diag = 0;
4894 bool NeedType = false;
4895 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4896 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4897 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004898 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004899 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4900 NeedType = true;
4901 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004903 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4904 NeedType = true;
4905 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004906 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004907 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4908 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004909 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004910 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4911 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004912 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4913 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004914 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004915 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4916 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004917 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004918 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4919 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004920 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004921 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4922 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004923 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4924 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4925 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004926 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4927 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4928 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004929 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004930
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004931 SourceRange Assign;
4932 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4933 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004934 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004935 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004936 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004938 return true;
4939}
4940
4941
4942
4943// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004944QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4945 SourceLocation Loc,
4946 QualType CompoundType) {
4947 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4948 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004949 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004950
4951 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4952 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004953
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004954 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004955 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004956 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004957 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004958 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4959 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4960 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004961 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004962 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004963 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004964 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004965
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004966 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4967 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4968 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004969 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004970 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4971 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4972 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4973 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4974 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004975 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004976 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004977 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4978 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4979 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004980 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4981 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004982 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4983 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4984 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004985 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004986 }
4987 } else {
4988 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004989 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004990 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004991
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004992 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4993 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004994 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004995
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004996 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4997 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004998 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004999 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5000 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005001 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005002 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005003 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005004}
5005
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005006// C99 6.5.17
5007QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005008 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005009 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005010
5011 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5012 // incomplete in C++).
5013
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005014 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005015}
5016
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005017/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5018/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005019QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5020 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005021 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5022 return Context.DependentTy;
5023
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005024 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5025 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005026
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005027 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5028 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5029 if (!isInc) {
5030 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5031 return QualType();
5032 }
5033 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5034 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5035 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005036 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005037 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5038 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005039
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005040 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005041 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005042 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5043 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5044 << Op->getSourceRange();
5045 return QualType();
5046 }
5047
5048 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005049 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005050 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005051 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5052 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5053 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5054 return QualType();
5055 }
5056
5057 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005058 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005059 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005060 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005061 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005062 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005063 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005064 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5065 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5066 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5067 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5068 return QualType();
5069 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005070 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5071 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005073 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005074 } else {
5075 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005076 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005077 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005078 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005079 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005080 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005081 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005082 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005083 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005084}
5085
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005086/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005087/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005088/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5089/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5090/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5091/// - &(x) => x
5092/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5093/// - &s.xx => s
5094/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5095/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5096/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5097/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005098static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005099 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005100 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005101 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005102 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005103 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5104 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5105 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005106 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005107 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005108 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005109 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005110 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005111 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5112 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005113 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5114 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5115 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5116 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5117 }
5118 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005119 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005120 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5121 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005122
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005123 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005124 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5125 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5126 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5127 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5128 default:
5129 return 0;
5130 }
5131 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005132 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005133 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005134 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005135 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5136 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005137 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005138 default:
5139 return 0;
5140 }
5141}
5142
5143/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005144/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005145/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005146/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005147/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005148/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005149/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005150QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005151 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5152 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5153
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005154 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5155 return Context.DependentTy;
5156
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005157 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5158 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5159 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5160 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5161 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5162 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5163 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5164 }
5165 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5166 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5167 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005168 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005169 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005170
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005171 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5172 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005173 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005174 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005175 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005176 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5177 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005178 return QualType();
5179 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005180 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005181 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5182 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5183 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005184 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005185 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5186 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005187 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005188 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005189 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005190 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005191 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5192 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5193 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5194 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5195 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005196 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5197 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005198 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5199 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005200 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5201 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005202 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005203 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005204 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5205 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005206 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005207 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5208 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005209 return QualType();
5210 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005211 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005212 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005213 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005214 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005215 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5216 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005217 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005218 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005219 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5220 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005221 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005222 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5223 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5224 return QualType();
5225 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005226
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005227 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5228 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005229 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005230 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005231 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005232 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005233 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005234 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5235 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005236 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5237 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5238 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005239 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005240 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005241
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005242 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5243 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5244 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5245 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5246 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5247 }
5248
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005249 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005250 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005251}
5252
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005253QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005254 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5255 return Context.DependentTy;
5256
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005257 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5258 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005260 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5261 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5262 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5263 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005264 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005265 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005266
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005267 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005268 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005269
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005270 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005271 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005272 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005273}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005274
5275static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5276 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5277 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5278 switch (Kind) {
5279 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005280 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5281 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005282 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5283 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5284 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5285 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5286 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5287 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5288 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5289 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5290 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5291 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5292 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5293 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5294 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5295 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5296 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5297 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5298 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5299 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5300 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5301 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5302 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5303 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5304 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5305 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5306 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5307 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5308 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5309 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5310 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5311 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5312 }
5313 return Opc;
5314}
5315
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005316static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5317 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5318 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5319 switch (Kind) {
5320 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5321 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5322 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5323 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5324 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5325 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5326 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5327 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5328 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005329 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5330 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005331 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005332 }
5333 return Opc;
5334}
5335
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005336/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5337/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5338/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005339Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5340 unsigned Op,
5341 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005342 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005343 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005344 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5345 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5346 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005347
5348 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005349 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5350 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5351 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005352 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5353 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5354 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5355 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5356 break;
5357 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005358 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5359 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5360 break;
5361 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5362 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5363 break;
5364 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5365 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5366 break;
5367 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5368 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5369 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005370 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005371 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5372 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5373 break;
5374 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5375 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5376 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5377 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005378 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005379 break;
5380 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5381 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005382 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005383 break;
5384 case BinaryOperator::And:
5385 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5386 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5387 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5388 break;
5389 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5390 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5391 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5392 break;
5393 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5394 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005395 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5396 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5397 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5398 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005399 break;
5400 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005401 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5402 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5403 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5404 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005405 break;
5406 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005407 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5408 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5409 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005410 break;
5411 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005412 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5413 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5414 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005415 break;
5416 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5417 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005418 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5419 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5420 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5421 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005422 break;
5423 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5424 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5425 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005426 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5427 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5428 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5429 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005430 break;
5431 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5432 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5433 break;
5434 }
5435 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005436 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005437 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005438 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5439 else
5440 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005441 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5442 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005443}
5444
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005445/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5446/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005447static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5448 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5449 SourceRange ParenRange)
5450{
5451 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5452 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5453 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5454 // warning/error and return.
5455 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5456 return;
5457 }
5458
5459 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5460 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5461 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5462}
5463
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005464/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5465/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5466/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5467/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005468static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5469 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005470 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5471 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5472 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5473 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005474 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005475 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005476 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5477
5478 // Subs are not binary operators.
5479 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5480 return;
5481
5482 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5483 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005484 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5485 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005486 return;
5487
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005488 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005489 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5490 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005491 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5492 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5493 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5494 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005495 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5496 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005497 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5498 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5499 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005500}
5501
5502/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5503/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5504/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5505static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5506 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005507 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005508 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5509}
5510
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005511// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005512Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5513 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5514 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005515 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005516 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005517
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005518 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5519 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005520
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005521 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5522 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5523
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005524 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5525}
5526
5527Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5528 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5529 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005530 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005531 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005532 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5533 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5534 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5535 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5536 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005537 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005538 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5539 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005540 if (S)
5541 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5542 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005543 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005544 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005545 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005546 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005547 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005548
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005549 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5550 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005551 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005552 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005553
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005554 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005555 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005556}
5557
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005558Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005559 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005560 ExprArg InputArg) {
5561 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005562
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005563 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005564 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005565 QualType resultType;
5566 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005567 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5568 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5569 break;
5570
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005571 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5572 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005573 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5574 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005575 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005576 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5577 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005578 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005579 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005580 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005581 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005582 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005583 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005584 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005585 break;
5586 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5587 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005588 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5589 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005590 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5591 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005592 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5593 break;
5594 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5595 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5596 break;
5597 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5598 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5599 resultType->isPointerType())
5600 break;
5601
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005602 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5603 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005604 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005605 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5606 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005607 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5608 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005609 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5610 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5611 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005612 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005613 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005614 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005615 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5616 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005617 break;
5618 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005619 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005620 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5621 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005622 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5623 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005624 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005625 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5626 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005627 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005628 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5629 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005630 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005631 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005632 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005633 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005634 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005635 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005636 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005637 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005638 }
5639 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005640 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005641
5642 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005643 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005644}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005645
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005646Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5647 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5648 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005649 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5651 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005652 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5653 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5654 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5655 // the arguments.
5656 FunctionSet Functions;
5657 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5658 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005659 if (S)
5660 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5661 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005662 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005663 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005664 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005665 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005666
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005667 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5668 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005669
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005670 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5671}
5672
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005673// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5674Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5675 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5676 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5677}
5678
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005679/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005680Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5681 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5682 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005683 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005684 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005685
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005686 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5687 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005688 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005689 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005690
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005691 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005692 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5693 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005694}
5695
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005696Sema::OwningExprResult
5697Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5698 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5699 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005700 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5701 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5702
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005703 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005704 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005705 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005706
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005707 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5708 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5709 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005710
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005711 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5712 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5713 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005714
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005715 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5716 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5717 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5718 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5719 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005720
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005721 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005722 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005723 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005724
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005725 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5726 // expressions are not lvalues.
5727
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005728 substmt.release();
5729 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005730}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005731
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005732Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5733 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5734 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5735 TypeTy *argty,
5736 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5737 unsigned NumComponents,
5738 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5739 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5740 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005741 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5742 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005743 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005744
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005745 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5746
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005747 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5748 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5749 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005750 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005751 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005752
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005753 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5754 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005755
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005756 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5757 // the offsetof designators.
5758 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5759 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005760 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005761 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005762
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005763 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5764 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005765 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5766 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005767 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005768 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5769 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005770
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005771 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005772 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005773
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005774 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5775 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5776 return ExprError();
5777
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005778 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5779 // leaks like a sieve.
5780 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5781 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5782 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5783 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5784 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5785 if (!AT) {
5786 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005787 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5788 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005789 }
5790
5791 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5792
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005793 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5794 // expression.
5795 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5796
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005797 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5798 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005799 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005800 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005801 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005802 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005803 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005804
5805 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5806 OC.LocEnd);
5807 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005808 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005809
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005810 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005811 if (!RC) {
5812 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005813 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5814 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005815 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005816
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005817 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5818 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005819 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005820 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005821 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5822 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5823 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005824 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5825 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005826 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005827
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005828 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
5829 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005830
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005831 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005832 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005833 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005834 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005835 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5836 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005837
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005838 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5839 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005840 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005841 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005842 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005843 } else {
5844 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5845 // doesn't matter here.
5846 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5847 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5848 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005849 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005850 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005851
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005852 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5853 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005854}
5855
5856
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005857Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5858 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5859 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005860 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5861 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5862 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005863
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005864 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005865
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005866 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5867 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5868 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5869 return ExprError();
5870 }
5871
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005872 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5873 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005874}
5875
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005876Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5877 ExprArg cond,
5878 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5879 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5880 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5881 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5882 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005883
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005884 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5885
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005886 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005887 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005888 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005889 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005890 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005891 } else {
5892 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5893 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5894 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5895 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005896 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5897 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5898 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005899
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005900 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5901 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005902 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5903 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005904 }
5905
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005906 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5907 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005908 resType, RPLoc,
5909 resType->isDependentType(),
5910 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005911}
5912
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005913//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5914// Clang Extensions.
5915//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5916
5917/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005918void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005919 // Analyze block parameters.
5920 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005921
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005922 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5923 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5924 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005925
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005926 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005927 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005928 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005929 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005930 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5931 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005932
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005933 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005934 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005935}
5936
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005937void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005938 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005939
5940 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5941 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005942 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005943 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5944
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005945 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5946 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5947 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5948 return;
5949 }
5950
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005951 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5952 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5953 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5954
5955 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5956 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005957 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005958 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005959 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005960 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005961 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5962 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005963 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005964
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005965 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5966 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5967 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5968 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5969 return;
5970 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005971 return;
5972 }
5973
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005974 // Analyze arguments to block.
5975 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5976 "Not a function declarator!");
5977 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005978
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005979 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5980 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005981
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005982 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5983 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5984 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5985 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005986 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5987 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005988 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005989 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005990 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5991 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005992 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005993 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005994 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005995 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005996 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005997 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005998 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005999 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6000 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6001 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6002 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6003 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006004
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006005 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006006 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006007 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006008 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006009 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006010 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6011 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006012
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006013 // Analyze the return type.
6014 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006015 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006016
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006017 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6018 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6019 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6020 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6021 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006022 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006023}
6024
6025/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6026/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6027void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6028 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6029 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006030
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006031 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6032
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006033 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006034 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006035 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006036 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006037}
6038
6039/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6040/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006041Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6042 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006043 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6044 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6045 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006046
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006047 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6048 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006049
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006050 PopDeclContext();
6051
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006052 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6053 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006054
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006055 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006056 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6057 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006058
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006059 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6060 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6061 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006062
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006063 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006064 QualType BlockTy;
6065 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006066 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6067 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006068 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006069 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006070 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6071 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006072
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006073 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006074 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006075 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006076
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006077 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6078 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6079 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6080 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006081
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006082 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006083 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006084 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6085 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006086}
6087
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006088Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6089 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6090 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006091 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006092 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6093 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006094
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006095 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006096
6097 // Get the va_list type
6098 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006099 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6100 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6101 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6102 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006103 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006104 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6105 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6106 } else {
6107 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6108 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006109 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006110 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006111 return ExprError();
6112 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006113
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006114 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6115 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006116 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6117 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006118 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006119 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006120
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006121 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006122 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006123
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006124 expr.release();
6125 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6126 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006127}
6128
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006129Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006130 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6131 // pointers on the target.
6132 QualType Ty;
6133 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6134 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6135 else
6136 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6137
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006138 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006139}
6140
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006141static void
6142MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6143 QualType DstType,
6144 Expr *SrcExpr,
6145 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6146 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6147 return;
6148
6149 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6150 if (!PT)
6151 return;
6152
6153 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6154 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6155 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6156 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6157 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6158 return;
6159 }
6160
6161 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6162 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6163 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6164 return;
6165
6166 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6167}
6168
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006169bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6170 SourceLocation Loc,
6171 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6172 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6173 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6174 bool isInvalid = false;
6175 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006176 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6177
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006178 switch (ConvTy) {
6179 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6180 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006181 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006182 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6183 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006184 case IntToPointer:
6185 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6186 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006187 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006188 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006189 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6190 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006191 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6192 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6193 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006194 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6195 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6196 break;
6197 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006198 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6199 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6200 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6201 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6202 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6203 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6204 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6205 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6206 // C++ semantics.
6207 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6208 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6209 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006210 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6211 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006212 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006213 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006214 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006215 case IntToBlockPointer:
6216 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6217 break;
6218 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006219 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006220 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006221 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006222 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006223 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6224 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6225 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006226 case IncompatibleVectors:
6227 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6228 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006229 case Incompatible:
6230 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6231 isInvalid = true;
6232 break;
6233 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006234
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006235 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006236 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006237 return isInvalid;
6238}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006239
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006240bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006241 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6242 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6243 if (Result)
6244 *Result = ICEResult;
6245 return false;
6246 }
6247
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006248 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6249
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006250 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006251 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6252 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6253
6254 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6255 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6256 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6257 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6258 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6259 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6260 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006261
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006262 return true;
6263 }
6264
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006265 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6266 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006267
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006268 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6269 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6270 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006271
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006272 if (Result)
6273 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6274 return false;
6275}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006276
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006277Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6278Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006279 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6280 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6281 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006282
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006283 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6284 return NewContext;
6285}
6286
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006287void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006288Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6289 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6290 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6291
6292 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6293 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6294 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6295 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6296 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6297 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6298 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006299
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006300 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6301 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6302 I != IEnd; ++I)
6303 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6304 }
6305}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006306
6307/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6308///
6309/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6310/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6311/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6312/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6313///
6314/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6315///
6316/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6317void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6318 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006319
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006320 if (D->isUsed())
6321 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006322
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006323 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6324 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6325 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6326 // -Wunused-parameters)
6327 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6328 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006329 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006330
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006331 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6332 // an instantiation.
6333 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6334 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006335
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006336 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6337 case Unevaluated:
6338 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6339 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006340
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006341 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6342 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6343 // "used"; handle this below.
6344 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006345
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006346 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6347 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6348 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6349 // potentially evaluated.
6350 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6351 return;
6352 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006353
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006354 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006355 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006356 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006357 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6358 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6359 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006360 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006361 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006362 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6363 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6364 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006365 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6366 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6367 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006368
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006369 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6370 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6371 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6372 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6373 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6374 }
6375 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006376 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006377 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006378 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006379 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006380 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6381 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6382 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6383 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6384 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006385 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6386 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006387 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6388 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6389 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6390 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6391 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006392 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6393 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006394 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6395 }
6396
6397 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6398 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6399 }
6400
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006401 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006402 Function->setUsed(true);
6403 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006404 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006405
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006406 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006407 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006408 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006409 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6410 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6411 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6412 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6413 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6414 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6415 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6416 }
6417 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006418
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006419 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006420
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006421 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006422 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006423 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006424}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006425
6426bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6427 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6428 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6429 return false;
6430
6431 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6432 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6433 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6434 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6435
6436 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6437 FD ?
6438 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6439 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6440 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6441 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6442 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6443 return true;
6444
6445 return false;
6446}
6447
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006448// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6449// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6450void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6451 SourceLocation Loc;
6452
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006453 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6454
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006455 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6456 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6457 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6458 return;
6459
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006460 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6461 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6462 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6463 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6464
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006465 // self = [<foo> init...]
6466 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6467 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6468 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6469
6470 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6471 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6472 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6473 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6474 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006475
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006476 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6477 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6478 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6479 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6480 return;
6481
6482 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6483 } else {
6484 // Not an assignment.
6485 return;
6486 }
6487
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006488 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006489 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006490
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006491 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006492 << E->getSourceRange()
6493 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6494 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6495}
6496
6497bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6498 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6499
6500 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6501 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6502
6503 QualType T = E->getType();
6504
6505 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6506 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6507 return true;
6508 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6509 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6510 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6511 return true;
6512 }
6513 }
6514
6515 return false;
6516}